SemaDecl.cpp revision a6bff2caf90d769e0b6bfe59c3e7f16ef8402e5a
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 415 return E; 416 417 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 418 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 419 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 420 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 421 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 422 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 423 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 424 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 425 } 426 427 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 428 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 429 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 430 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 431 return E; 432 } 433 } 434 } 435 436 bool SecondTry = false; 437 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 438 439Corrected: 440 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 441 case LookupResult::NotFound: 442 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 443 // call. 444 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 445 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 446 // FIXME: Reference? 447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 449 450 // C90 6.3.2.2: 451 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 452 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 453 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 454 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 455 // the function call, the declaration 456 // 457 // extern int identifier (); 458 // 459 // appeared. 460 // 461 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 462 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 463 Result.addDecl(D); 464 Result.resolveKind(); 465 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 466 } 467 } 468 469 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 470 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 471 // "struct", or "union". 472 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 473 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 474 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 475 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 476 const char *TagName = 0; 477 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 478 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 479 case TTK_Class: 480 TagName = "class"; 481 FixItTagName = "class "; 482 break; 483 484 case TTK_Enum: 485 TagName = "enum"; 486 FixItTagName = "enum "; 487 break; 488 489 case TTK_Struct: 490 TagName = "struct"; 491 FixItTagName = "struct "; 492 break; 493 494 case TTK_Union: 495 TagName = "union"; 496 FixItTagName = "union "; 497 break; 498 } 499 500 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 501 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 503 break; 504 } 505 506 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 507 } 508 509 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 510 // close to this name. 511 if (!SecondTry) { 512 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 513 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 514 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 515 516 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Result.empty()? 0 : *Result.begin(); 517 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 518 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 520 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 521 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 522 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 523 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 524 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 525 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 526 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 527 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 528 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 529 } 530 531 if (SS.isEmpty()) 532 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 533 << Name << Corrected 534 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 535 else 536 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 537 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 538 << SS.getRange() 539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 540 541 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 542 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 543 544 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 545 if (Result.empty()) 546 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 547 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 724 // of the class. 725 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 726 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 727 728 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 729} 730 731void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 732 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 733 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 734 CurContext = DC; 735 S->setEntity(DC); 736} 737 738void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 739 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 740 741 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 742 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 743} 744 745/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 746/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 747/// 748void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 750 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 751 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 752 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 753 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 754 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 755 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 756 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 757 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 758 // namespace. 759 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 760 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 761 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 762 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 763 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 764 765 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 766 767#ifndef NDEBUG 768 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 769 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 770 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 771#endif 772 773 CurContext = DC; 774 S->setEntity(DC); 775} 776 777void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 778 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 779 780 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 781 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 782 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 783 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 784 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 785 786 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 787 // disappear. 788} 789 790/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 791/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 792/// 793/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 794/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 795/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 796/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 797/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 798/// attribute. 799static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 800 ASTContext &Context) { 801 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 802 return true; 803 804 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 805 return true; 806 807 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 808 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 809} 810 811/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 812void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 813 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 814 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 815 // scope. 816 while (S->getEntity() && 817 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 818 S = S->getParent(); 819 820 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 821 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 822 // into any context. 823 if (AddToContext) 824 CurContext->addDecl(D); 825 826 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 827 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 828 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 829 D->isOutOfLine()) 830 return; 831 832 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 833 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 834 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 835 return; 836 837 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 838 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 839 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 840 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 842 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 843 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 844 845 // Should only need to replace one decl. 846 break; 847 } 848 } 849 850 S->AddDecl(D); 851 852 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 853 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 854 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 855 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 856 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 857 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 858 if (IDC == CurContext) { 859 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 860 continue; 861 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 862 break; 863 } 864 865 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 866 } else { 867 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 868 } 869} 870 871bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 872 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 873 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 874 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 875} 876 877Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 878 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 879 do { 880 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 881 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 882 return S; 883 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 884 885 return 0; 886} 887 888static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 889 DeclContext*, 890 ASTContext&); 891 892/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 893/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 894void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 895 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 896 bool ConsiderLinkage, 897 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 898 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 899 while (F.hasNext()) { 900 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 901 902 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 903 continue; 904 905 if (ConsiderLinkage && 906 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 907 continue; 908 909 F.erase(); 910 } 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 916 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 917 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 918 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 919} 920 921/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 922static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 923 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 924 while (F.hasNext()) 925 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 926 F.erase(); 927 928 F.done(); 929} 930 931/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 932/// @code 933/// class S { 934/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 935/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 936/// }; 937/// @endcode 938static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 939 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 940 // the decl here. 941 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 942 return false; 943 944 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 945 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 946 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 947 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 948 return false; 949} 950 951bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 952 assert(D); 953 954 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 955 return false; 956 957 // Ignore class templates. 958 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 959 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 963 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 964 return false; 965 966 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 967 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 968 return false; 969 } else { 970 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 971 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 972 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 973 return false; 974 } 975 976 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 977 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 978 return false; 979 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 980 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 981 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 982 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 983 return false; 984 985 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 986 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 987 return false; 988 989 } else { 990 return false; 991 } 992 993 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 994 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 995 return false; 996 997 return true; 998} 999 1000void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1001 if (!D) 1002 return; 1003 1004 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1005 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1006 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1007 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1008 } 1009 1010 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1011 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1012 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1013 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1014 } 1015 1016 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1017 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1018 } 1019 1020static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1021 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1022 return false; 1023 1024 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1025 return false; 1026 1027 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1028 return true; 1029 1030 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1031 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1032 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1033 return false; 1034 1035 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1036 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1037 1038 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1039 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1040 1041 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1042 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1043 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1044 return false; 1045 } 1046 1047 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1048 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1049 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1050 return false; 1051 1052 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1053 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1054 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1055 return false; 1056 1057 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1058 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1059 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1060 // has no side effects. 1061 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1067 } 1068 1069 return true; 1070} 1071 1072/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1073/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1074void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1075 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1076 return; 1077 1078 unsigned DiagID; 1079 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1080 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1081 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1082 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1083 else 1084 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1085 1086 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1087} 1088 1089static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1090 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1091 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1092 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1093 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1094 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1095} 1096 1097void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1098 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1099 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1100 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1101 1102 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1103 I != E; ++I) { 1104 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1105 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1106 1107 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1108 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1109 1110 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1111 1112 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1113 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1114 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1115 1116 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1117 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1118 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1119 1120 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1121 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1122 } 1123} 1124 1125/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1126/// 1127/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1128/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1129/// to the fixed name. 1130/// 1131/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1132/// 1133/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1134/// if there is no class with the given name. 1135/// 1136/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1137/// class could not be found. 1138ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1140 bool TypoCorrection) { 1141 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1142 // creation from this context. 1143 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1144 1145 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1146 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1147 // find an Objective-C class name. 1148 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1149 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1150 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1152 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1154 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1155 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1156 1157 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1158 } 1159 } 1160 1161 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1162} 1163 1164/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1165/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1166/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1167/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1168/// ill-formed in C++: 1169/// @code 1170/// struct S6 { 1171/// enum { BAR } e; 1172/// }; 1173/// 1174/// void test_S6() { 1175/// struct S6 a; 1176/// a.e = BAR; 1177/// } 1178/// @endcode 1179/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1180/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1181/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1182/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1183/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1184/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1185/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1186/// contain non-field names. 1187Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1188 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1189 (S->getEntity() && 1190 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1191 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 return S; 1194} 1195 1196/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1197/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1198/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1199/// built-in. 1200NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1201 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1202 SourceLocation Loc) { 1203 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1204 1205 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1206 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1207 switch (Error) { 1208 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1209 // Okay 1210 break; 1211 1212 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1213 if (ForRedeclaration) 1214 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1215 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1216 return 0; 1217 1218 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1219 if (ForRedeclaration) 1220 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1221 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1222 return 0; 1223 } 1224 1225 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1226 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1227 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1228 << R; 1229 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1230 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1231 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1232 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1233 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1234 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1235 } 1236 1237 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1238 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1239 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1240 SC_Extern, 1241 SC_None, false, 1242 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1243 New->setImplicit(); 1244 1245 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1246 // FunctionDecl. 1247 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1248 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1249 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1250 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1251 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1252 SourceLocation(), 0, 1253 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1254 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1255 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1256 Params.push_back(parm); 1257 } 1258 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1259 } 1260 1261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1262 1263 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1264 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1265 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1266 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1267 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1268 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1269 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1270 CurContext = SavedContext; 1271 return New; 1272} 1273 1274/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1275/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1276/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1277/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1278/// 1279void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1280 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1281 // merging checks. 1282 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1283 1284 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1285 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1286 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1287 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1288 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1289 default: break; 1290 case 2: 1291 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1292 break; 1293 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1294 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1295 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1296 return; 1297 case 5: 1298 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1299 break; 1300 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1301 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1302 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1303 return; 1304 case 3: 1305 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1306 break; 1307 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1308 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1309 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1310 return; 1311 case 8: 1312 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1313 break; 1314 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1315 return; 1316 } 1317 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1318 } 1319 1320 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1321 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1322 if (!Old) { 1323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1324 << New->getDeclName(); 1325 1326 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1327 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1328 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1329 1330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1331 } 1332 1333 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1334 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1336 1337 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1338 QualType OldType; 1339 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1340 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1341 else 1342 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1343 1344 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1345 // with any extensions enabled. 1346 1347 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1348 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1349 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1350 int Kind = 0; 1351 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1352 Kind = 1; 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1354 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1355 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1356 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1357 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1358 } 1359 1360 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1361 // declaration was a typedef. 1362 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1363 // spellings don't match exactly. 1364 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1366 1367 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1368 return; 1369 1370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1371 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1372 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1373 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1374 // to the type to which it already refers. 1375 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1376 return; 1377 1378 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1379 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1380 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1381 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1382 // 1383 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1384 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1385 // 1386 // struct S { 1387 // typedef struct A { } A; 1388 // }; 1389 // 1390 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1391 // allow the above but disallow 1392 // 1393 // struct S { 1394 // typedef int I; 1395 // typedef int I; 1396 // }; 1397 // 1398 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1399 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1400 return; 1401 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1403 << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1406 } 1407 1408 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1409 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1410 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1411 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1412 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1413 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1414 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1415 return; 1416 1417 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1418 << New->getDeclName(); 1419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1420 return; 1421} 1422 1423/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1424/// attribute. 1425static bool 1426DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1427 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1428 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1429 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1430 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1431 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1432 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1433 return true; 1434 } 1435 1436 return false; 1437} 1438 1439/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1440static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1441 ASTContext &C) { 1442 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1443 return; 1444 1445 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1446 1447 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1448 // we process them. 1449 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1450 1451 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1452 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1453 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1454 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1455 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1456 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1457 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1458 foundAny = true; 1459 } 1460 } 1461 1462 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1463} 1464 1465/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1466/// to the new one. 1467static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1468 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1469 ASTContext &C) { 1470 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1471 return; 1472 1473 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1474 1475 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1476 // done before we process them. 1477 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1478 1479 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1480 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1481 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1482 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1483 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1484 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1485 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1486 foundAny = true; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1491} 1492 1493namespace { 1494 1495/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1496/// C. 1497struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1498 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1499 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1500 QualType PromotedType; 1501}; 1502 1503} 1504 1505/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1506Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1507 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1508 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1509 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1510 1511 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1512 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1513 } 1514 1515 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1516 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1517 1518 if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) 1519 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1520 1521 llvm_unreachable("getSpecialMember on non-special member"); 1522 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1523} 1524 1525/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1526/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1527/// GNU89 mode. 1528static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1530 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1531 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1532 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1533} 1534 1535/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1536/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1537/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1538/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1539/// 1540/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1541/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1542/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1543/// merged with. 1544/// 1545/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1546bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1547 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1548 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1549 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1550 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1551 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1552 else 1553 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1554 if (!Old) { 1555 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1557 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1558 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1559 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1560 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1561 return true; 1562 } 1563 1564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1565 << New->getDeclName(); 1566 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 return true; 1568 } 1569 1570 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1571 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1572 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1573 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1574 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1575 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1576 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1577 else 1578 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1579 1580 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1581 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1582 1583 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1584 // is an extern inline function. 1585 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1586 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1587 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1588 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1589 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1590 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1591 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1592 } else { 1593 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1594 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1595 return true; 1596 } 1597 } 1598 1599 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1600 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1601 // calling convention of the first. 1602 // 1603 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1604 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1605 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1606 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1607 // because it is the default calling convention. 1608 // 1609 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1610 // other tests to run. 1611 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1612 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1613 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1614 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1615 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1616 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1617 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1618 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1619 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1620 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1621 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1622 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1624 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1625 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1626 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1627 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1628 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1629 return true; 1630 } 1631 1632 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1633 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1634 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1635 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1636 } 1637 1638 // Merge regparm attribute. 1639 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1640 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1641 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1642 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1643 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1644 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1645 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1646 return true; 1647 } 1648 1649 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1650 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1651 } 1652 1653 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1654 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1655 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1656 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1657 } 1658 1659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1660 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1661 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1662 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1663 // cannot be overloaded. 1664 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1665 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1666 QualType ResQT; 1667 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1668 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1669 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1670 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1671 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1672 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1673 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1674 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1675 else 1676 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1677 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1678 return true; 1679 } 1680 else 1681 NewQType = ResQT; 1682 } 1683 1684 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1685 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1686 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1687 // Preserve triviality. 1688 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1689 1690 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1691 1692 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1693 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1694 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1695 // is a static member function declaration. 1696 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1697 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1698 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1699 return true; 1700 } 1701 1702 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1703 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1704 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1705 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1706 unsigned NewDiag; 1707 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1708 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1709 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1710 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1711 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1712 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1713 else 1714 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1715 1716 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1717 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1718 1719 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1720 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1721 // 1722 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1723 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1724 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1725 if (isFriend) { 1726 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1727 } else { 1728 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1729 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1730 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1731 return true; 1732 } 1733 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1734 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1735 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1736 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1737 return true; 1738 } 1739 } 1740 1741 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1742 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1743 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1744 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1745 1746 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1747 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1748 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1749 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1750 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1751 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1752 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1753 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1754 } 1755 1756 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1757 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1758 1759 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1760 } 1761 1762 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1763 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1764 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1765 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1766 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1767 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1768 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1769 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1770 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1771 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1772 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1773 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1774 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1775 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1776 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1777 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1778 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1779 New->setType(NewQType); 1780 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1781 1782 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1783 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1784 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1785 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1786 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1787 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1788 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1789 SourceLocation(), 1790 SourceLocation(), 0, 1791 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1792 SC_None, SC_None, 1793 0); 1794 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1795 Param->setImplicit(); 1796 Params.push_back(Param); 1797 } 1798 1799 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1800 } 1801 1802 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1803 } 1804 1805 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1806 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1807 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1808 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1809 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1810 // the prototype. 1811 // 1812 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1813 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1814 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1815 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1816 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1817 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1818 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1819 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1820 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1821 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1822 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1823 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1824 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1825 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1826 1827 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1828 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1829 NewProto->getResultType()); 1830 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1831 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1832 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1833 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1834 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1835 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1836 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1837 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1838 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1839 NewParm->getType(), 1840 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1841 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1842 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1843 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1844 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1845 } else 1846 LooseCompatible = false; 1847 } 1848 1849 if (LooseCompatible) { 1850 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1851 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1852 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1853 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1854 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1855 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1856 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1857 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1858 } 1859 1860 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1861 ArgTypes.size(), 1862 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1863 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1864 } 1865 1866 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1867 } 1868 1869 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1870 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1871 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1872 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1873 // signature. 1874 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1875 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1876 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1877 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1878 // library built-in. 1879 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1880 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1881 << Old << Old->getType(); 1882 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1883 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1884 return false; 1885 } 1886 1887 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1888 } 1889 1890 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1891 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1892 return true; 1893} 1894 1895/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1896/// known to be compatible. 1897/// 1898/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1899/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1900/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1901/// redeclaration of Old. 1902/// 1903/// \returns false 1904bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1905 // Merge the attributes 1906 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1907 1908 // Merge the storage class. 1909 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1910 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1911 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1912 1913 // Merge "pure" flag. 1914 if (Old->isPure()) 1915 New->setPure(); 1916 1917 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1918 // declarations. 1919 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1920 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1921 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1922 Context); 1923 1924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1925 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1926 1927 return false; 1928} 1929 1930void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1931 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1932 // Merge the attributes. 1933 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1934 1935 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1936 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1937 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1938 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1939 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1940} 1941 1942/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1943/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1944/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1945/// 1946/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1947/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1948/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1949/// 1950void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1951 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1952 return; 1953 1954 QualType MergedT; 1955 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1956 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1957 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1958 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1959 return; 1960 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1961 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1962 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1963 } 1964 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1965 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1966 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1967 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1968 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1969 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1970 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1971 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1972 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1973 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1974 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1975 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1976 MergedT = New->getType(); 1977 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1978 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1979 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1980 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1981 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1982 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1983 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1984 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1985 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1986 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1987 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1988 Old->getType()); 1989 } 1990 } else { 1991 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1992 } 1993 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1994 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1995 << New->getDeclName(); 1996 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1997 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1998 } 1999 New->setType(MergedT); 2000} 2001 2002/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2003/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2004/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2005/// 2006/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2007/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2008/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2009/// 2010void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2011 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2012 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2013 return; 2014 2015 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2016 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2017 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2018 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2020 << New->getDeclName(); 2021 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2022 diag::note_previous_definition); 2023 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2024 } 2025 2026 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2027 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2028 // 2029 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2030 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2032 << New->getIdentifier(); 2033 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2034 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2035 } 2036 2037 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2038 2039 // Merge the types. 2040 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2041 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2042 return; 2043 2044 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2045 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2046 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2050 } 2051 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2052 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2053 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2054 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2055 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2056 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2057 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2058 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2059 // identifier has external linkage. 2060 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2061 /* Okay */; 2062 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2063 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2064 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2065 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2066 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2067 } 2068 2069 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2070 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2071 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2072 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2073 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2074 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2075 } 2076 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2077 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2078 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2081 } 2082 2083 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2084 2085 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2086 // need to check for mismatches. 2087 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2088 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2089 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2090 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2092 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2093 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2094 } 2095 2096 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2098 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2099 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2101 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2102 } 2103 2104 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2105 const VarDecl *Def; 2106 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2107 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2108 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2109 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2110 << New->getDeclName(); 2111 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2112 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2113 return; 2114 } 2115 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2116 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2117 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2118 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2119 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2120 // specified at the prior declaration. 2121 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2122 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2123 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2124 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2125 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2126 2127 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2128 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2129 2130 // Inherit access appropriately. 2131 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2132} 2133 2134/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2135/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2136Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2137 DeclSpec &DS) { 2138 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2139 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2140} 2141 2142/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2143/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2144/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2145Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2146 DeclSpec &DS, 2147 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2148 Decl *TagD = 0; 2149 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2150 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2151 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2152 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2153 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2154 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2155 2156 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2157 return 0; 2158 2159 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2160 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2161 // it's a Type. 2162 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2163 } 2164 2165 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2166 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2167 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2168 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2169 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2170 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2171 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2172 } 2173 2174 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2175 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2176 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2177 if (TagD && !Tag) 2178 return 0; 2179 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2180 } 2181 2182 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2183 // declarators. 2184 bool emittedWarning = false; 2185 2186 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2187 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2188 2189 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2190 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2192 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2193 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2194 2195 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2196 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2197 emittedWarning = true; 2198 } 2199 } 2200 2201 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2202 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2203 CurContext->isRecord() && 2204 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2205 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2206 // struct STRUCT; 2207 // and 2208 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2209 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2210 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2211 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2212 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2213 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2214 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2215 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2216 } 2217 } 2218 2219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2220 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2221 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2222 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2223 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2224 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2225 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2226 emittedWarning = true; 2227 } 2228 2229 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2230 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2231 2232 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2233 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2234 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2235 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2236 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2237 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2238 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2239 return Tag; 2240 } 2241 2242 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2243 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2244 emittedWarning = true; 2245 } 2246 2247 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2248 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2249 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2250 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2251 return TagD; 2252 2253 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2254 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2255 // useless. 2256 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2257 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2258 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2259 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2260 2261 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2262 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2263 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2264 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2265 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2266 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2267 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2268 // Restrict is covered above. 2269 } 2270 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2271 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2272 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2273 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2274 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2275 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2276 2277 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2278 2279 return TagD; 2280} 2281 2282/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2283/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2284StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2285 StmtResult R; 2286 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2287 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2288 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2289 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2290 do 2291 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2292 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2293 } 2294 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2295 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2296 } 2297 } 2298 return R; 2299} 2300 2301/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2302/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2303/// 2304/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2305static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2306 Scope *S, 2307 DeclContext *Owner, 2308 DeclarationName Name, 2309 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2310 unsigned diagnostic) { 2311 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2312 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2313 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2314 2315 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2316 return false; 2317 2318 // Pick a representative declaration. 2319 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2320 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2321 2322 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2323 return false; 2324 2325 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2326 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2327 2328 return true; 2329} 2330 2331/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2332/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2333/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2334/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2335/// struct, e.g., 2336/// 2337/// @code 2338/// union { 2339/// int i; 2340/// float f; 2341/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2342/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2343/// @endcode 2344/// 2345/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2346/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2347static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2348 DeclContext *Owner, 2349 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2350 AccessSpecifier AS, 2351 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2352 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2353 unsigned diagKind 2354 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2355 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2356 2357 bool Invalid = false; 2358 2359 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2360 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2361 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2362 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2363 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2364 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2365 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2366 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2367 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2368 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2369 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2370 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2371 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2372 Invalid = true; 2373 } else { 2374 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2375 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2376 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2377 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2378 // anonymous union is declared. 2379 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2380 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2381 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2382 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2383 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2384 else 2385 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2386 2387 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2388 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2389 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2390 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2391 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2392 2393 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2394 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2395 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2396 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2397 2398 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2399 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2400 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2401 2402 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2403 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2404 2405 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2406 } 2407 } 2408 } 2409 2410 return Invalid; 2411} 2412 2413/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2414/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2415/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2416static StorageClass 2417StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2418 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2419 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2420 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2421 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2422 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2423 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2424 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2425 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2426 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2427 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2428 } 2429 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2430} 2431 2432/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2433/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2434/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2435static StorageClass 2436StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2437 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2438 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2439 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2440 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2441 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2442 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2443 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2444 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2445 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2446 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2447 } 2448 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2449} 2450 2451/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2452/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2453/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2454/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2455Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2456 AccessSpecifier AS, 2457 RecordDecl *Record) { 2458 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2459 2460 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2461 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2463 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2464 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2465 2466 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2467 // structs/unions. 2468 bool Invalid = false; 2469 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2470 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2471 unsigned DiagID; 2472 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2473 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2474 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2475 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2476 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2477 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2478 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2479 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2480 Invalid = true; 2481 2482 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2483 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2484 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2485 } 2486 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2487 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2488 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2489 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2490 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2491 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2492 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2493 Invalid = true; 2494 2495 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2496 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2497 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2498 } 2499 2500 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2501 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2502 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2503 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2504 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2505 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2506 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2507 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2508 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2510 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2511 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2512 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2513 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2514 2515 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2516 } 2517 2518 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2519 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2520 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2521 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2522 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2523 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2524 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2525 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2526 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2527 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2528 // members (clause 11). 2529 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2530 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2531 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2532 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2533 Invalid = true; 2534 } 2535 2536 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2537 Invalid = true; 2538 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2539 // Any implicit members are fine. 2540 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2541 // This is a type that showed up in an 2542 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2543 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2544 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2545 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2546 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2547 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2548 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2549 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2550 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2551 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2552 else { 2553 // This is a nested type declaration. 2554 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2555 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2556 Invalid = true; 2557 } 2558 } 2559 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2560 // Any access specifier is fine. 2561 } else { 2562 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2563 // member. Complain about it. 2564 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2565 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2566 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2567 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2568 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2569 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2570 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2571 2572 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2573 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2574 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2575 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2576 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2577 else { 2578 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2579 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2580 Invalid = true; 2581 } 2582 } 2583 } 2584 } 2585 2586 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2587 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2588 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2589 Invalid = true; 2590 } 2591 2592 // Mock up a declarator. 2593 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2594 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2595 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2596 2597 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2598 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2599 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2600 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2601 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2602 Record->getLocation(), 2603 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2604 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2605 TInfo, 2606 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2607 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2608 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2609 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2610 } else { 2611 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2612 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2613 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2614 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2615 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2616 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2617 // an error here 2618 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2619 Invalid = true; 2620 SC = SC_None; 2621 } 2622 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2623 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2624 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2625 2626 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2627 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2628 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2629 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2630 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2631 } 2632 Anon->setImplicit(); 2633 2634 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2635 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2636 // its members. 2637 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2638 2639 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2640 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2641 // purposes. 2642 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2643 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2644 2645 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2646 Chain, false)) 2647 Invalid = true; 2648 2649 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2650 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2651 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2652 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2653 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2654 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2655 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2656 2657 if (Invalid) 2658 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2659 2660 return Anon; 2661} 2662 2663/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2664/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2665/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2666/// Example: 2667/// 2668/// struct A { int a; }; 2669/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2670/// 2671/// void foo() { 2672/// B var; 2673/// var.a = 3; 2674/// } 2675/// 2676Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2677 RecordDecl *Record) { 2678 2679 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2680 if (!Record) 2681 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2682 2683 // Mock up a declarator. 2684 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2686 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2687 2688 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2689 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2690 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2691 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2692 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2693 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2694 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2695 TInfo, 2696 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2697 Anon->setImplicit(); 2698 2699 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2700 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2701 2702 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2703 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2704 // purposes. 2705 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2706 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2707 2708 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2709 Record->getDefinition(), 2710 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2711 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2712 2713 return Anon; 2714} 2715 2716/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2717/// given Declarator. 2718DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2719 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2720} 2721 2722/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2723DeclarationNameInfo 2724Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2725 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2726 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2727 2728 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2729 2730 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2731 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2732 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2733 return NameInfo; 2734 2735 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2736 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2737 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2738 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2739 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2740 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2741 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2742 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2743 return NameInfo; 2744 2745 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2746 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2747 Name.Identifier)); 2748 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2749 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2750 return NameInfo; 2751 2752 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2753 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2754 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2755 if (Ty.isNull()) 2756 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2757 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2758 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2759 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2760 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2761 return NameInfo; 2762 } 2763 2764 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2766 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2767 if (Ty.isNull()) 2768 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2769 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2770 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2771 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2772 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2773 return NameInfo; 2774 } 2775 2776 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2777 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2778 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2779 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2780 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2781 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2782 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2783 2784 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2785 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2786 2787 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2788 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2789 // was qualified. 2790 2791 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2792 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2793 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2794 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2795 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2796 return NameInfo; 2797 } 2798 2799 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2800 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2801 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2802 if (Ty.isNull()) 2803 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2804 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2805 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2806 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2807 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2808 return NameInfo; 2809 } 2810 2811 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2812 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2813 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2814 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2815 } 2816 2817 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2818 2819 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2820 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2821} 2822 2823/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2824/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2825/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2826/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2827/// the class or namespace. 2828static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2829 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2830 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2831 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2832 return false; 2833 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2834 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2835 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2836 2837 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2838 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2839 return false; 2840 } 2841 2842 return true; 2843} 2844 2845/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2846/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2847/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2848/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2849/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2850static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2851 DeclarationName Name) { 2852 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2853 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2854 // - types which will become injected class names 2855 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2856 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2857 // few cases here. 2858 2859 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2860 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2861 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2862 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2863 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2864 // Grab the type from the parser. 2865 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2866 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2867 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2868 2869 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2870 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2871 // attached already. 2872 if (!TSI) 2873 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2874 2875 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2876 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2877 if (!TSI) return true; 2878 2879 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2880 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2881 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2882 break; 2883 } 2884 2885 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2886 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2887 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2888 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2889 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2890 break; 2891 } 2892 2893 default: 2894 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2895 break; 2896 } 2897 2898 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2899 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2900 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2901 2902 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2903 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2904 // pointer. 2905 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2906 continue; 2907 2908 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2909 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2910 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2911 return true; 2912 } 2913 2914 return false; 2915} 2916 2917Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2918 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2919} 2920 2921/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2922/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2923/// name different from T: 2924/// - every static data member of class T; 2925/// - every member function of class T 2926/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2927/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2928bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2929 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2930 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2931 2932 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2933 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2934 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2935 return true; 2936 } 2937 2938 return false; 2939} 2940 2941Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2942 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2943 bool IsFunctionDefinition, 2944 SourceLocation DefaultLoc) { 2945 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2946 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2947 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2948 2949 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2950 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2951 if (!Name) { 2952 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2953 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2954 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2955 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2956 return 0; 2957 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2958 return 0; 2959 2960 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2961 // we find one that is. 2962 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2963 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2964 S = S->getParent(); 2965 2966 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2967 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2968 D.setInvalidType(); 2969 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2970 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2971 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2972 return 0; 2973 2974 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2975 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2976 if (!DC) { 2977 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2978 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2979 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2980 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2981 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2982 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2983 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2984 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2985 return 0; 2986 } 2987 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2988 2989 if (!IsDependentContext && 2990 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2991 return 0; 2992 2993 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2994 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2996 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2997 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2998 D.setInvalidType(); 2999 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3000 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3001 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3002 // definition: 3003 // 3004 // class X { 3005 // void X::f(); 3006 // }; 3007 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3008 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3009 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3010 else 3011 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3012 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3013 3014 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3015 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3016 } 3017 } 3018 3019 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3020 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3021 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3022 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3023 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3024 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3025 D.setInvalidType(); 3026 } 3027 } 3028 3029 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3030 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3031 // Just return early; it's safer. 3032 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3033 return 0; 3034 3035 NamedDecl *New; 3036 3037 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3038 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3039 3040 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3041 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3042 D.setInvalidType(); 3043 3044 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3045 ForRedeclaration); 3046 3047 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3048 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3049 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3050 3051 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3052 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3053 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3054 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3055 /* Do nothing*/; 3056 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3057 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3058 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3059 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3060 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3061 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3062 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3063 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3064 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3065 3066 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3067 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3068 3069 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3070 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3071 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3072 3073 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3074 // out-of-line members. 3075 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3076 3077 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3078 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3079 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3080 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3081 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3082 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3083 // declarations namespace. 3084 // 3085 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3086 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3087 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3088 // 3089 // class X { 3090 // void f(); 3091 // void f(float); 3092 // }; 3093 // 3094 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3095 // 3096 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3097 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3098 // matches. 3099 3100 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3101 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3103 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3104 } else { 3105 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3106 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3107 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3108 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3109 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3110 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3111 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3112 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3113 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3114 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3115 else 3116 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3117 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3118 D.setInvalidType(); 3119 } 3120 } 3121 } 3122 3123 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3124 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3125 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3126 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3127 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3128 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3129 D.setInvalidType(); 3130 3131 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3132 Previous.clear(); 3133 } 3134 3135 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3136 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3137 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3138 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3139 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3140 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3141 Previous.clear(); 3142 3143 bool Redeclaration = false; 3144 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3145 if (DefaultLoc.isValid()) 3146 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 3147 3148 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3149 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3150 return 0; 3151 } 3152 3153 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3154 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3155 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3156 move(TemplateParamLists), 3157 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration, 3158 DefaultLoc); 3159 } else { 3160 assert(!DefaultLoc.isValid() && "We should have caught this in a caller"); 3161 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3162 move(TemplateParamLists), 3163 Redeclaration); 3164 } 3165 3166 if (New == 0) 3167 return 0; 3168 3169 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3170 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3171 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3172 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3173 3174 return New; 3175} 3176 3177/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3178/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3179/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3180static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3181 ASTContext &Context, 3182 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3183 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3184 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3185 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3186 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3187 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3188 SizeIsNegative = false; 3189 Oversized = 0; 3190 3191 if (T->isDependentType()) 3192 return QualType(); 3193 3194 QualifierCollector Qs; 3195 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3196 3197 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3198 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3199 QualType FixedType = 3200 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3201 Oversized); 3202 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3203 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3204 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3205 } 3206 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3207 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3208 QualType FixedType = 3209 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3210 Oversized); 3211 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3212 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3213 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3214 } 3215 3216 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3217 if (!VLATy) 3218 return QualType(); 3219 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3220 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3221 return QualType(); 3222 3223 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3224 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3225 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3226 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3227 return QualType(); 3228 3229 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3230 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3231 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3232 SizeIsNegative = true; 3233 return QualType(); 3234 } 3235 3236 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3237 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3238 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3239 Res); 3240 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3241 Oversized = Res; 3242 return QualType(); 3243 } 3244 3245 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3246 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3247} 3248 3249/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3250/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3251void 3252Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3253 const LookupResult &Previous, 3254 Scope *S) { 3255 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3256 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3257 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3258 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3259 3260 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3261 return; 3262 3263 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3264 3265 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3266 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3267 // declaration. 3268 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3269 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3270 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3271 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3272 S = S->getParent(); 3273 3274 if (S) 3275 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3276 } 3277} 3278 3279/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3280/// does not identify a function. 3281void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3282 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3283 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3284 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3285 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3286 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3287 3288 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3289 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3290 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3291 3292 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3294 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3295} 3296 3297NamedDecl* 3298Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3299 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3300 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3301 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3302 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3303 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3304 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3305 D.setInvalidType(); 3306 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3307 DC = CurContext; 3308 Previous.clear(); 3309 } 3310 3311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3312 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3313 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3314 } 3315 3316 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3317 3318 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3319 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3320 3321 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3322 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3323 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3324 return 0; 3325 } 3326 3327 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3328 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3329 3330 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3331 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3332 3333 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3334 3335 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3336} 3337 3338void 3339Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3340 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3341 // then it shall have block scope. 3342 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3343 // that redeclarations will match. 3344 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3345 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3346 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3347 3348 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3349 bool SizeIsNegative; 3350 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3351 QualType FixedTy = 3352 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3353 Oversized); 3354 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3355 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3356 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3357 } else { 3358 if (SizeIsNegative) 3359 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3360 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3361 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3362 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3363 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3364 else 3365 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3366 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3367 } 3368 } 3369 } 3370} 3371 3372 3373/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3374/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3375/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3376NamedDecl* 3377Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3378 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3379 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3380 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3381 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3382 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3383 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3384 Redeclaration = true; 3385 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3386 } 3387 3388 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3389 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3390 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3391 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3392 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3393 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3394 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3395 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3396 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3397 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3398 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3399 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3400 } 3401 3402 return NewTD; 3403} 3404 3405/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3406/// previous declaration. 3407/// 3408/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3409/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3410/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3411/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3412/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3413/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3414/// 3415/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3416/// lookup 3417/// 3418/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3419/// declared. 3420/// 3421/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3422/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3423static bool 3424isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3425 ASTContext &Context) { 3426 if (!PrevDecl) 3427 return false; 3428 3429 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3430 return false; 3431 3432 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3433 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3434 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3435 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3436 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3437 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3438 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3439 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3440 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3441 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3442 return false; 3443 3444 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3445 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3446 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3447 return false; 3448 3449 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3450 // previous declarations. 3451 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3452 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3453 3454 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3455 // isn't the same function. 3456 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3457 return false; 3458 } 3459 3460 return true; 3461} 3462 3463static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3464 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3465 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3466 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3467} 3468 3469NamedDecl* 3470Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3471 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3472 LookupResult &Previous, 3473 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3474 bool &Redeclaration) { 3475 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3476 3477 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3478 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3479 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3480 3481 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3482 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3483 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3484 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3485 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3486 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3487 // an error here 3488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3489 D.setInvalidType(); 3490 SC = SC_None; 3491 } 3492 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3493 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3494 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3495 3496 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3497 if (!II) { 3498 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3499 << Name.getAsString(); 3500 return 0; 3501 } 3502 3503 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3504 3505 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3506 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3507 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3508 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3509 3510 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3511 // is a GNU extension. 3512 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3513 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3514 else 3515 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3516 D.setInvalidType(); 3517 } 3518 } 3519 3520 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3521 VarDecl *NewVD; 3522 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3523 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3524 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3525 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3526 3527 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3528 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3529 } else { 3530 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3531 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3532 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3533 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3534 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3535 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3536 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3537 SC = SC_Static; 3538 } 3539 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3540 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3541 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3542 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3543 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3544 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3545 3546 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3547 // the program is ill-formed. 3548 // 3549 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3550 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3551 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3552 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3553 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3554 } 3555 } 3556 3557 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3558 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3559 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3560 bool Invalid = false; 3561 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3562 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3563 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3564 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3565 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3566 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3567 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3568 /*never a friend*/ false, 3569 isExplicitSpecialization, 3570 Invalid)) { 3571 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3572 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3574 << II 3575 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3576 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3577 return 0; 3578 } else { 3579 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3580 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3581 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3582 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3583 << II 3584 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3585 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3586 } 3587 } 3588 3589 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3590 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3591 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3592 3593 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3594 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3595 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3596 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3597 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3598 3599 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3600 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3601 3602 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3603 3604 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3605 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3606 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3607 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 3611 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3612 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3613 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3614 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3616 else 3617 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3618 } 3619 3620 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3621 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3622 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3623 3624 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3625 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3626 3627 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3628 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3629 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3630 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3631 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3632 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3633 switch (SC) { 3634 case SC_None: 3635 case SC_Auto: 3636 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3637 break; 3638 case SC_Register: 3639 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3640 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3641 break; 3642 case SC_Static: 3643 case SC_Extern: 3644 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3645 break; 3646 } 3647 } 3648 3649 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3650 Context, Label)); 3651 } 3652 3653 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3654 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3655 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3656 3657 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3658 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3659 // declaration has linkage). 3660 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3661 isExplicitSpecialization); 3662 3663 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3664 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3665 else { 3666 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3667 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3668 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3669 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3670 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3671 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3672 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3673 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3674 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3675 Previous.clear(); 3676 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3677 } 3678 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3679 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3680 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3681 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3682 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3683 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3684 } 3685 3686 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3687 3688 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3689 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3690 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3691 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3692 } 3693 3694 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3695 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3696 // here. 3697 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3698 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3699 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3700 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3701 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3702 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3703 } 3704 } 3705 3706 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3707 // such variables. 3708 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3709 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3710 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3711 3712 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3713 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3714 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3715 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3716 3717 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3718 3719 return NewVD; 3720} 3721 3722/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3723/// -Wshadow. 3724/// 3725/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3726/// scope. 3727/// 3728/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3729/// \param R the lookup of the name 3730/// 3731void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3732 // Return if warning is ignored. 3733 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3734 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3735 return; 3736 3737 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3738 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3739 return; 3740 3741 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3742 3743 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3744 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3745 return; 3746 3747 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3748 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3749 return; 3750 3751 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3752 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3753 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3754 if (MD->isStatic()) 3755 return; 3756 3757 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3758 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3759 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3760 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3761 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3762 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3763 I != E; ++I) 3764 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3765 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3766 break; 3767 } 3768 } 3769 3770 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3771 3772 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3773 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3774 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3775 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3776 return; 3777 3778 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3779 // static data members from base classes? 3780 3781 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3782 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3783 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3784 } 3785 3786 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3787 unsigned Kind; 3788 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3789 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3790 Kind = 3; // field 3791 else 3792 Kind = 2; // static data member 3793 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3794 Kind = 1; // global 3795 else 3796 Kind = 0; // local 3797 3798 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3799 3800 // Emit warning and note. 3801 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3802 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3803} 3804 3805/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3806void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3807 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3808 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3809 return; 3810 3811 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3812 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3813 LookupName(R, S); 3814 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3815} 3816 3817/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3818/// declaration. 3819/// 3820/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3821/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3822/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3823/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3824/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3825/// 3826/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3827void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3828 LookupResult &Previous, 3829 bool &Redeclaration) { 3830 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3831 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3832 return; 3833 3834 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3835 3836 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3837 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3838 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3839 } 3840 3841 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3842 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3843 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3844 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3845 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3847 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3848 } 3849 3850 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3851 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3852 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3853 3854 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3855 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3856 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3857 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3858 3859 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3860 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3861 bool SizeIsNegative; 3862 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3863 QualType FixedTy = 3864 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3865 Oversized); 3866 3867 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3868 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3869 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3870 // int a[10][n]; 3871 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3872 3873 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3874 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3875 << SizeRange; 3876 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3878 << SizeRange; 3879 else 3880 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3881 << SizeRange; 3882 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3883 } 3884 3885 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3886 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3887 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3888 else 3889 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3890 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3891 } 3892 3893 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3894 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3895 } 3896 3897 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3898 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3899 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3900 // declaration with the same name. 3901 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3902 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3903 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3904 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3905 } 3906 3907 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3908 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3909 << T; 3910 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3911 } 3912 3913 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3914 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3915 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3916 } 3917 3918 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3919 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3920 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3921 } 3922 3923 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3924 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3925 QualType Pointee; 3926 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3927 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3928 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3929 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3930 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3931 PtrOrRef = 1; 3932 } 3933 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3934 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3935 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3936 << PtrOrRef; 3937 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3938 } 3939 3940 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3941 Redeclaration = true; 3942 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3943 } 3944} 3945 3946/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3947struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3948 Sema *S; 3949 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3950}; 3951 3952/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3953/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3954/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3955static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3956 CXXBasePath &Path, 3957 void *UserData) { 3958 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3959 3960 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3961 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3962 3963 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3964 3965 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3966 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3967 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3968 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3969 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3970 3971 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3972 } 3973 3974 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3975 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3976 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3977 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3978 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3979 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3980 return true; 3981 } 3982 } 3983 3984 return false; 3985} 3986 3987/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3988/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3989bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3990 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3991 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3992 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3993 Data.Method = MD; 3994 Data.S = this; 3995 bool AddedAny = false; 3996 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3997 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3998 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3999 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4000 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4001 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4002 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4003 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4004 AddedAny = true; 4005 } 4006 } 4007 } 4008 } 4009 4010 return AddedAny; 4011} 4012 4013static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 4014 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 4015 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4016 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 4017 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4018 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4019 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4020 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4021 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 4022 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 4023 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4024 } 4025} 4026 4027NamedDecl* 4028Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4029 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4030 LookupResult &Previous, 4031 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4032 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration, 4033 SourceLocation DefaultLoc) { 4034 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4035 4036 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4037 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4038 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4039 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4040 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4041 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4042 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4043 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4044 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4045 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4046 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4047 D.setInvalidType(); 4048 break; 4049 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4050 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4051 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4052 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4053 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4054 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4055 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4056 // other than extern 4057 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4059 diag::err_static_block_func); 4060 SC = SC_None; 4061 } else 4062 SC = SC_Static; 4063 break; 4064 } 4065 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4066 } 4067 4068 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4069 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4070 4071 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4072 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4073 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4074 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4075 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4076 D.setInvalidType(); 4077 } 4078 4079 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4080 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4081 bool isFriend = false; 4082 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4083 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4084 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4085 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4086 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4087 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4088 4089 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4090 assert(!DefaultLoc.isValid() && "Defaulted functions are a C++ feature"); 4091 4092 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4093 // prototype. This true when: 4094 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4095 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4096 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4097 bool HasPrototype = 4098 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4099 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4100 4101 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4102 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4103 HasPrototype); 4104 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4105 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4106 4107 // Set the lexical context. 4108 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4109 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4110 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4111 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4112 } else { 4113 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4114 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4115 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4116 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4117 4118 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4119 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4120 // the class has been completely parsed. 4121 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4122 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4123 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4124 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4125 AbstractReturnType)) 4126 D.setInvalidType(); 4127 4128 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4129 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4130 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4131 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4132 4133 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4134 4135 // Create the new declaration 4136 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4137 Context, 4138 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4139 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4140 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4141 isExplicit, isInline, 4142 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4143 4144 NewFD = NewCD; 4145 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4146 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4147 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4148 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4149 4150 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4151 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4152 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4153 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4154 isInline, 4155 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4156 isVirtualOkay = true; 4157 } else { 4158 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4159 4160 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4161 // code path. 4162 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4163 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4164 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4165 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4166 D.setInvalidType(); 4167 } 4168 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4169 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4170 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4171 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4172 return 0; 4173 } 4174 4175 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4176 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4177 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4178 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4179 isInline, isExplicit, 4180 SourceLocation()); 4181 4182 isVirtualOkay = true; 4183 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4184 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4185 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4186 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4187 // constructor if it has no return type). 4188 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4189 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4190 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4191 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4192 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4193 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4194 return 0; 4195 } 4196 4197 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4198 4199 // [class.free]p1: 4200 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4201 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4202 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4203 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4204 isStatic = true; 4205 4206 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4207 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4208 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4209 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4210 isStatic = true; 4211 4212 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4213 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4214 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4215 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4216 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4217 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4218 SourceLocation()); 4219 NewFD = NewMD; 4220 4221 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4222 } else { 4223 if (DefaultLoc.isValid()) 4224 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4225 4226 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4227 // prototype. This true when: 4228 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4229 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4230 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4231 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4232 } 4233 4234 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4235 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4236 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4237 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4238 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4239 } 4240 4241 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4242 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4243 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4244 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4246 4247 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4248 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4249 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4250 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4251 4252 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4253 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4254 bool Invalid = false; 4255 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4256 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4257 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4258 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4259 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4260 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4261 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4262 isFriend, 4263 isExplicitSpecialization, 4264 Invalid)) { 4265 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4266 // This is a function template 4267 4268 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4269 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4270 return 0; 4271 4272 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4273 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4274 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4275 return 0; 4276 } 4277 4278 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4279 NewFD->getLocation(), 4280 Name, TemplateParams, 4281 NewFD); 4282 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4283 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4284 4285 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4286 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4287 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4288 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4289 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4290 } 4291 } else { 4292 // This is a function template specialization. 4293 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4294 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4295 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4296 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4297 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4298 4299 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4300 if (isFriend) { 4301 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4302 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4303 4304 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4305 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4306 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4307 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4308 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4309 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4310 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4311 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4312 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4313 } 4314 4315 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4316 << Name << RemoveRange 4317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4318 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4319 } 4320 } 4321 } 4322 else { 4323 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4324 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4325 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4326 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4327 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4328 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4329 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4330 } 4331 4332 if (Invalid) { 4333 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4334 if (FunctionTemplate) 4335 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4336 } 4337 4338 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4339 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4340 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4341 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4342 // 4343 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4344 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4345 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4346 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4347 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4348 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4349 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4350 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4351 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4352 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4353 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4354 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4355 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4356 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4357 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4358 } else { 4359 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4360 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4361 } 4362 } 4363 4364 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4365 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4366 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4367 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4368 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4369 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4370 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4371 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4372 } 4373 } 4374 4375 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4376 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4377 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4378 // and 12.3.2. 4379 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4380 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4381 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4382 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4383 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4384 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4385 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4386 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4387 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4388 // or conversion function. 4389 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4390 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4391 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4392 } 4393 } 4394 4395 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4396 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4397 isExplicitSpecialization || 4398 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4399 4400 if (isFriend) { 4401 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4402 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4403 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4404 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4405 } 4406 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4407 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4408 } 4409 4410 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4411 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4412 // definition. 4413 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4414 } 4415 4416 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4417 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4418 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4419 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4420 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4421 // the class. 4422 4423 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4424 // member function definition. 4425 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4426 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4427 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4428 } 4429 } 4430 4431 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4432 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4433 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4434 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4435 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4436 SE->getString())); 4437 } 4438 4439 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4440 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4441 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4442 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4443 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4444 4445 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4446 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4447 // single void argument. 4448 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4449 // already checks for that case. 4450 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4451 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4452 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4453 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4454 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4455 4456 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4457 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4458 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4459 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4460 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4461 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4462 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4463 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4464 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4465 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4466 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4467 << IsTypeAlias; 4468 } 4469 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4470 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4471 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4472 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4473 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4474 Params.push_back(Param); 4475 4476 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4477 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4478 } 4479 } 4480 4481 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4482 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4483 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4484 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4485 // 4486 // @code 4487 // typedef void fn(int); 4488 // fn f; 4489 // @endcode 4490 4491 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4492 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4493 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4494 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4495 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4496 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4497 Params.push_back(Param); 4498 } 4499 } else { 4500 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4501 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4502 } 4503 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4504 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4505 4506 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4507 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4508 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4509 4510 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4511 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4512 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4513 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4514 Redeclaration); 4515 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4516 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4517 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4518 } else { 4519 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4520 // argument list into our AST format. 4521 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4522 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4523 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4524 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4525 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4526 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4527 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4528 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4529 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4530 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4531 TemplateArgs); 4532 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4533 4534 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4535 4536 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4537 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4538 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4539 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4540 4541 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4542 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4543 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4544 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4545 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4546 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4547 // too few of them). 4548 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4549 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4550 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4551 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4552 "template<> "); 4553 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4554 } else { 4555 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4556 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4557 } 4558 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4559 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4560 // wrote something like: 4561 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4562 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4563 // friend void foo<>(int); 4564 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4565 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4566 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4567 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4568 } 4569 4570 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4571 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4572 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4573 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4574 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4575 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4576 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4577 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4578 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4579 Previous)) 4580 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4581 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4582 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4583 && !isFriend) { 4584 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4585 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4586 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4587 return 0; 4588 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4589 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4590 Previous)) 4591 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4592 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4593 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4594 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4595 } 4596 4597 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4598 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4599 Redeclaration); 4600 4601 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4602 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4603 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4604 4605 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4606 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4607 : NewFD); 4608 4609 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4610 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4611 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4612 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4613 4614 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4615 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4616 4617 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4618 } 4619 4620 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4621 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4622 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4623 4624 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4625 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4626 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4627 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4628 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4629 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4630 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4631 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4632 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4633 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4634 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4635 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4636 DC->isDependentContext()) 4637 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4638 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4639 } 4640 4641 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4642 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4643 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4644 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4645 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4646 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4647 4648 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4649 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4650 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4651 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4652 4653 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4654 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4655 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4656 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4657 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4658 // can actually do this check immediately. 4659 if (isFriend && 4660 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4661 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4662 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4663 // ignore these 4664 } else { 4665 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4666 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4667 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4668 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4669 // 4670 // class X { 4671 // void f() const; 4672 // }; 4673 // 4674 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4675 // 4676 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4677 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4678 // whether the parameter types are references). 4679 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4680 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4681 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4682 4683 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4684 } 4685 4686 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4687 // to something. 4688 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4689 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4690 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4691 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4692 } 4693 4694 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4695 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4696 !isExplicitSpecialization && !DefaultLoc.isValid()) { 4697 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4698 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4699 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4700 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4701 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4702 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4703 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4704 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4705 } 4706 } 4707 4708 4709 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4710 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4711 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4712 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4713 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4714 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4715 4716 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4717 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4718 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4719 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4720 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4721 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4722 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4723 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4724 } 4725 } 4726 4727 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4728 4729 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4730 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4731 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4732 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4733 << NewFD; 4734 4735 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4736 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4737 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4738 EPI.Variadic = true; 4739 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4740 4741 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4742 NewFD->setType(R); 4743 } 4744 4745 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4746 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4747 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4748 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4749 4750 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4751 // map of such names. 4752 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4753 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4754 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4755 4756 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4757 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4758 4759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4760 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4761 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4762 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4763 return FunctionTemplate; 4764 } 4765 } 4766 4767 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4768 4769 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4770 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4771 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4772 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4773 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4774 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4775 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4776 4777 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4778 } 4779 } 4780 4781 // Check explicitly defaulted methods 4782 // FIXME: This could be made better through CXXSpecialMember if it did 4783 // default constructors (which it should rather than any constructor). 4784 if (NewFD && DefaultLoc.isValid() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4785 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4786 if (CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 4787 if (CD->isDefaultConstructor() || CD->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) { 4788 CD->setDefaulted(); 4789 CD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4790 if (CD != CD->getCanonicalDecl() && CD->isDefaultConstructor()) 4791 CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CD); 4792 // FIXME: Do copy/move ctors here. 4793 } else { 4794 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4795 } 4796 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 4797 DD->setDefaulted(); 4798 DD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4799 // FIXME: Add a checking method 4800 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() /* || 4801 MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator() */) { 4802 MD->setDefaulted(); 4803 MD->setExplicitlyDefaulted(); 4804 // FIXME: Add a checking method 4805 } else { 4806 Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members); 4807 } 4808 } 4809 } 4810 4811 return NewFD; 4812} 4813 4814/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4815/// 4816/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4817/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4818/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4819/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4820/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4821/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4822/// via InstantiateDecl). 4823/// 4824/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4825/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4826/// 4827/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4828void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4829 LookupResult &Previous, 4830 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4831 bool &Redeclaration) { 4832 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4833 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4834 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4835 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4836 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4837 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4838 4839 return; 4840 } 4841 4842 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4843 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4844 // because all functions have linkage. 4845 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4846 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4847 } 4848 4849 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4850 CheckMain(NewFD); 4851 4852 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4853 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4854 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4855 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4856 // declaration with the same name. 4857 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4858 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4859 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4860 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4861 } 4862 4863 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4864 // the same name, if appropriate. 4865 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4866 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4867 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4868 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4869 // function to the scope. 4870 4871 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4872 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4873 Redeclaration = true; 4874 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4875 } else { 4876 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4877 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4878 case Ovl_Match: 4879 Redeclaration = true; 4880 break; 4881 4882 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4883 Redeclaration = true; 4884 break; 4885 4886 case Ovl_Overload: 4887 Redeclaration = false; 4888 break; 4889 } 4890 4891 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4892 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4893 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4894 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4895 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4896 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4897 if (Redeclaration) 4898 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4899 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4900 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4901 if (OverloadedDecl) 4902 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4903 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4904 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4905 Context)); 4906 } 4907 } 4908 4909 if (Redeclaration) { 4910 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4911 // merged. 4912 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4913 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4914 4915 Previous.clear(); 4916 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4917 4918 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4919 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4920 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4921 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4922 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4923 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4924 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4925 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4926 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4927 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4928 } 4929 4930 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4931 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4932 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4933 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4934 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4935 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4936 } 4937 } else { 4938 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4939 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4940 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4941 } 4942 } 4943 } 4944 4945 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4946 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4947 // C++-specific checks. 4948 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4949 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4950 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4951 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4952 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4953 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4954 4955 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4956 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4957 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4958 DeclarationName Name 4959 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4960 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4961 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4962 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4963 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4964 } 4965 } 4966 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4967 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4968 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4969 } 4970 4971 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4972 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4973 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4974 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4975 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4976 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4977 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4979 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4980 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4981 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4982 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4983 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4984 ++Overridden) { 4985 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4986 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 } 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4994 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4995 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4996 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4997 4998 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4999 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5000 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5001 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5002 5003 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5004 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5005 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5006 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5007 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5008 5009 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5010 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5011 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5012 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5013 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5014 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5015 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5016 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5017 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5018 } 5019 } 5020 } 5021} 5022 5023void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 5024 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5025 // or static is ill-formed. 5026 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5027 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5028 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5029 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 5030 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 5031 if (isInline || isStatic) { 5032 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 5033 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5034 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 5035 5036 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 5037 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 5038 } 5039 5040 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5041 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5042 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5043 5044 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5045 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5046 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5047 } 5048 5049 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5050 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5051 5052 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5053 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5054 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5055 5056 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5057 5058 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5059 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5060 // getting shifty. 5061 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5062 HasExtraParameters = false; 5063 5064 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5065 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5066 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5067 nparams = 3; 5068 } 5069 5070 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5071 // if we had some location information about types. 5072 5073 QualType CharPP = 5074 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5075 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5076 5077 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5078 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5079 5080 bool mismatch = true; 5081 5082 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5083 mismatch = false; 5084 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5085 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5086 // char const ** 5087 // char const * const * 5088 // char * const * 5089 5090 QualifierCollector qs; 5091 const PointerType* PT; 5092 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5093 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5094 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5095 qs.removeConst(); 5096 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5097 } 5098 } 5099 5100 if (mismatch) { 5101 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5102 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5103 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5104 } 5105 } 5106 5107 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5108 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5109 } 5110 5111 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5113 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5114 } 5115} 5116 5117bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5118 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5119 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5120 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5121 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5122 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5123 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5124 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5125 // rules there don't matter.) 5126 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5127 return false; 5128 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5129 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5130 return true; 5131} 5132 5133namespace { 5134 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5135 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5136 class SelfReferenceChecker 5137 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5138 Sema &S; 5139 Decl *OrigDecl; 5140 5141 public: 5142 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5143 5144 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5145 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5146 5147 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5148 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5149 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5150 } 5151 5152 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5153 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5154 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5155 } 5156 5157 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5158 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5159 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5160 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5161 if (!DRE) return; 5162 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5163 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5164 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5165 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5166 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5167 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5168 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5169 } 5170 }; 5171} 5172 5173/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5174/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5175/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5176void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5177 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5178 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5179 // the initializer. 5180 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5181 return; 5182 5183 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5184 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5185 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5186 // by a dataflow analysis. 5187 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5188 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5189 } 5190 else { 5191 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5192 } 5193 5194 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5195 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5196 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5197 // Thus this grotesque test. 5198 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5199 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5200 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5201 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5202 else { 5203 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5204 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5205 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5206 } 5207 return; 5208 } 5209 5210 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5211 if (!VDecl) { 5212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5213 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5214 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5215 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5216 else 5217 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5218 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5219 return; 5220 } 5221 5222 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5223 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5224 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5225 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5226 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5227 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5228 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5229 if (!DeducedType) { 5230 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5231 return; 5232 } 5233 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5234 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5235 5236 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5237 // the previously declared type. 5238 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5239 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5240 } 5241 5242 5243 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5244 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5245 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5246 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5247 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5248 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5249 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5250 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5251 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5252 return; 5253 } 5254 5255 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5256 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5257 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5258 AbstractVariableType)) 5259 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5260 5261 const VarDecl *Def; 5262 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5263 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5264 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5265 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5266 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5267 return; 5268 } 5269 5270 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5271 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5272 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5273 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5274 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5275 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5276 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5277 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5278 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5279 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5280 // 5281 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5282 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5283 // declaration with an initializer. 5284 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5285 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5286 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5287 return; 5288 } 5289 5290 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5291 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5292 5293 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5294 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5295 return; 5296 } 5297 } 5298 5299 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5300 // initialization. 5301 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5302 5303 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5304 InitializationKind Kind 5305 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5306 Init->getLocStart(), 5307 Init->getLocEnd()) 5308 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5309 Init->getLocStart()); 5310 5311 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5312 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5313 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5314 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5315 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5316 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5317 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5318 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5319 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5320 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5321 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5322 &DclT); 5323 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5324 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5325 return; 5326 } 5327 5328 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5329 5330 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5331 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5332 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5333 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5334 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5335 } 5336 } 5337 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5338 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5339 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5340 // 5341 // struct S { 5342 // static const int value = 17; 5343 // }; 5344 5345 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5346 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5347 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5348 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5349 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5350 &DclT); 5351 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5352 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5353 return; 5354 } 5355 5356 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5357 } 5358 5359 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5360 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5361 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5362 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5363 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5364 5365 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5366 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5367 5368 // Require constness. 5369 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5370 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5371 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5373 5374 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5375 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5376 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5377 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5378 llvm::APSInt Value; 5379 SourceLocation Loc; 5380 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5382 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5383 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5384 } 5385 } 5386 5387 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5388 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5389 // implement fully. 5390 } else { 5391 bool Allowed = false; 5392 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5393 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5394 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5395 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5396 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5397 Allowed = true; 5398 } 5399 5400 if (!Allowed) { 5401 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5402 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5403 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5404 5405 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5406 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5407 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5408 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5409 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5410 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5411 } 5412 } 5413 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5414 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5415 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5416 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5417 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5418 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5419 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5420 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5421 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5422 &DclT); 5423 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5424 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5425 return; 5426 } 5427 5428 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5429 } 5430 5431 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5432 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5433 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5434 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5435 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5436 } 5437 } 5438 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5439 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5440 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5441 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5442 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5443 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5444 Init->setType(DclT); 5445 } 5446 5447 5448 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5449 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5450 // global/static definition. 5451 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5452 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5453 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5454 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5455 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5456 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5457 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5458 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5459 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5460 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5461 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5462 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5463 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5464 } 5465 } 5466 } 5467 5468 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5469 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5470 5471 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5472 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5473 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5474 5475 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5476} 5477 5478/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5479/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5480/// of sanity. 5481void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5482 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5483 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5484 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5485 5486 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5487 if (!VD) return; 5488 5489 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5490 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5491 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5492 return; 5493 } 5494 5495 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5496 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5497 5498 // Require a complete type. 5499 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5500 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5501 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5502 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5503 return; 5504 } 5505 5506 // Require an abstract type. 5507 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5508 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5509 AbstractVariableType)) { 5510 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5511 return; 5512 } 5513 5514 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5515 // though. 5516} 5517 5518void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5519 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5520 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5521 if (RealDecl == 0) 5522 return; 5523 5524 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5525 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5526 5527 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5528 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5529 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5530 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5531 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5532 return; 5533 } 5534 5535 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5536 case VarDecl::Definition: 5537 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5538 break; 5539 5540 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5541 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5542 // a declaration. 5543 // 5544 // Fall through 5545 5546 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5547 // It's only a declaration. 5548 5549 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5550 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5551 // object shall be complete. 5552 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5553 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5554 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5555 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5556 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5557 5558 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5559 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5560 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5561 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5562 AbstractVariableType)) 5563 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5564 return; 5565 5566 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5567 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5568 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5569 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5570 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5571 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5572 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5573 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5574 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5575 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5576 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5577 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5578 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5579 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5580 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5581 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5582 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5583 // NOTE: code such as the following 5584 // static struct s; 5585 // struct s { int a; }; 5586 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5587 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5588 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5589 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5590 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5591 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5592 } 5593 } 5594 5595 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5596 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5597 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5598 return; 5599 } 5600 5601 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5602 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5603 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5604 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5605 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5606 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5607 return; 5608 } 5609 5610 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5611 // definitions with reference type. 5612 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5613 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5614 << Var->getDeclName() 5615 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5616 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5617 return; 5618 } 5619 5620 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5621 // variable with dependent type. 5622 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5623 return; 5624 5625 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5626 return; 5627 5628 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5629 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5630 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5631 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5632 return; 5633 } 5634 5635 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5636 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5637 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5638 AbstractVariableType)) { 5639 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 return; 5641 } 5642 5643 const RecordType *Record 5644 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5645 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5646 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5647 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5648 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5649 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5650 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5651 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5652 // type shall have a user-declared default 5653 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5654 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5655 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5656 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5657 // program is ill-formed. 5658 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 5659 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 5660 // default-intialized; [...]. 5661 } else { 5662 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5663 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5664 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5665 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 5666 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 5667 // storage duration is not ins cope to a point where it is in scope is 5668 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 5669 // trivial defautl constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 5670 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 5671 // types and is declared without an initializer. 5672 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage() && Record) { 5673 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 5674 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x || 5675 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 5676 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 5677 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5678 } 5679 5680 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5681 InitializationKind Kind 5682 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5683 5684 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5685 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5686 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5687 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5688 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5689 else if (Init.get()) 5690 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5691 } 5692 5693 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5694 } 5695} 5696 5697void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5698 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5699 if (!VD) { 5700 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5701 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5702 return; 5703 } 5704 5705 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5706 5707 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5708 int Error = -1; 5709 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5710 case SC_None: 5711 break; 5712 case SC_Extern: 5713 Error = 0; 5714 break; 5715 case SC_Static: 5716 Error = 1; 5717 break; 5718 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5719 Error = 2; 5720 break; 5721 case SC_Auto: 5722 Error = 3; 5723 break; 5724 case SC_Register: 5725 Error = 4; 5726 break; 5727 } 5728 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5729 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5730 // Error = 5; 5731 if (Error != -1) { 5732 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5733 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5734 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5735 } 5736} 5737 5738void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5739 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5740 5741 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5742 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5743 5744 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5745 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5746 5747 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5748 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5749 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5750 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5751 5752 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5753 // constructing this copy. 5754 QualType type = var->getType(); 5755 5756 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5757 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5758 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5759 ExprResult result = 5760 PerformCopyInitialization( 5761 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5762 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5763 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5764 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5765 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5766 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5767 } 5768 } 5769 } 5770 5771 // Check for global constructors. 5772 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5773 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5774 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5775 var->getInit() && 5776 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5777 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5778 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5779 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5780 5781 // Require the destructor. 5782 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5783 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5784} 5785 5786/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5787/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5788void 5789Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5790 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5791 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5792} 5793 5794Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5795Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5796 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5797 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5798 5799 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5800 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5801 5802 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5803 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5804 Decls.push_back(D); 5805 5806 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5807 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5808} 5809 5810/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5811/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5812Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5813Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5814 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5815 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5816 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5817 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5818 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5819 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5820 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5821 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5822 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5823 QualType Deduced; 5824 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5825 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5826 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5827 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5828 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5829 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5830 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5831 break; 5832 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5833 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5834 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5835 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5836 Deduced = U; 5837 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5838 DeducedDecl = D; 5839 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5840 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5841 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5842 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5843 << U << D->getDeclName() 5844 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5845 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5846 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5847 break; 5848 } 5849 } 5850 } 5851 } 5852 } 5853 5854 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5855} 5856 5857 5858/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5859/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5860Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5861 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5862 5863 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5864 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5865 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5866 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5867 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5868 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5869 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5870 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5871 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5872 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5873 } 5874 5875 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5876 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5877 5878 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5879 5880 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5881 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5882 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5883 5884 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5885 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5886 // parameter. 5887 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5888 5889 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5890 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5891 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5892 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5893 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5894 } 5895 5896 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5897 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5898 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5899 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5900 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5901 } 5902 } 5903 5904 // Ensure we have a valid name 5905 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5906 if (D.hasName()) { 5907 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5908 if (!II) { 5909 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5910 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5911 D.setInvalidType(true); 5912 } 5913 } 5914 5915 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5916 if (II) { 5917 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5918 ForRedeclaration); 5919 LookupName(R, S); 5920 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5921 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5922 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5923 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5924 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5925 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5926 PrevDecl = 0; 5927 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5929 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5930 5931 // Recover by removing the name 5932 II = 0; 5933 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5934 D.setInvalidType(true); 5935 } 5936 } 5937 } 5938 5939 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5940 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5941 // looking like class members in C++. 5942 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5943 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5944 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5945 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5946 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5947 5948 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5949 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5950 5951 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 5952 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 5953 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 5954 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 5955 5956 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5957 S->AddDecl(New); 5958 if (II) 5959 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5960 5961 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5962 5963 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5964 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5965 } 5966 return New; 5967} 5968 5969/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5970/// typedef. 5971ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5972 SourceLocation Loc, 5973 QualType T) { 5974 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5975 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5976 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5977 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5978 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5979 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5980 Param->setImplicit(); 5981 return Param; 5982} 5983 5984void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5985 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5986 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5987 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5988 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5989 return; 5990 5991 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5992 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5993 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5994 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5995 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5996 } 5997 } 5998} 5999 6000void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6001 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6002 QualType ReturnTy, 6003 NamedDecl *D) { 6004 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6005 return; 6006 6007 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6008 // threshold. 6009 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 6010 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6011 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6012 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6013 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6014 } 6015 6016 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6017 // threshold. 6018 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6019 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6020 if (!T->isPODType()) 6021 continue; 6022 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6023 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6024 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6025 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6026 } 6027} 6028 6029ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6030 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6031 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6032 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6033 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6034 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6035 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 6036 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6037 0); 6038 6039 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6040 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6041 // the class has been completely parsed. 6042 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6043 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6044 AbstractParamType)) 6045 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6046 6047 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6048 // passed by reference. 6049 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6050 Diag(NameLoc, 6051 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 6052 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6053 } 6054 6055 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6056 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6057 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6058 // an address space. 6059 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6060 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6061 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6062 } 6063 6064 return New; 6065} 6066 6067void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6068 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6069 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6070 6071 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6072 // for a K&R function. 6073 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6074 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6075 --i; 6076 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6077 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6078 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6079 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6080 << ";\n"; 6081 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6082 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6083 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6084 6085 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6086 // type. 6087 AttributeFactory attrs; 6088 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6089 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6090 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6091 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6092 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6093 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6094 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6095 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6096 } 6097 } 6098 } 6099} 6100 6101Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6102 Declarator &D) { 6103 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6104 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6105 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6106 6107 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6108 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6109 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6110 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6111} 6112 6113static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6114 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6115 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6116 return false; 6117 6118 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6119 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6120 return false; 6121 6122 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6123 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6124 return false; 6125 6126 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6127 if (FD->isMain()) 6128 return false; 6129 6130 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6131 if (FD->isInlined()) 6132 return false; 6133 6134 // Don't warn about function templates. 6135 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6136 return false; 6137 6138 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6139 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6140 return false; 6141 6142 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6143 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6144 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6145 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6146 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6147 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6148 continue; 6149 6150 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6151 break; 6152 } 6153 6154 return MissingPrototype; 6155} 6156 6157void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6158 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6159 // was an extern inline function. 6160 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6161 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6162 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6163 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6164 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6165 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6166 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6167 else 6168 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6169 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6170 } 6171} 6172 6173Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6174 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6175 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6176 6177 if (!D) 6178 return D; 6179 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6180 6181 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6182 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6183 else 6184 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6185 6186 // Enter a new function scope 6187 PushFunctionScope(); 6188 6189 // See if this is a redefinition. 6190 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6191 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6192 6193 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6194 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6195 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6196 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6197 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6198 } 6199 } 6200 6201 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6202 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6203 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6204 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6205 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6206 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6207 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6208 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6209 6210 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6211 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6212 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6213 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6214 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6215 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6217 6218 if (FnBodyScope) 6219 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6220 6221 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6222 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6223 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6224 6225 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6226 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6227 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6228 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6229 6230 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6231 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6232 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6233 6234 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6235 } 6236 } 6237 6238 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6239 // dllimport attribute. 6240 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6241 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6242 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6243 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6244 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6245 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6247 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6248 << "dllimport"; 6249 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6250 return FD; 6251 } 6252 6253 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6254 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6255 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6256 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6257 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6258 // emitted. 6259 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6260 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6261 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6262 } 6263 } 6264 return FD; 6265} 6266 6267/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6268/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6269/// optimization. 6270/// 6271/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6272/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6273/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6274/// use the named return value optimization. 6275/// 6276/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6277/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6278/// the NRVO variable. 6279/// 6280/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6281/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6282/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6283static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6284 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6285 6286 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6287 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6288 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6289 return; 6290 6291 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6292 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6293 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6294 return; 6295 } 6296 6297 if (NRVOCandidate) 6298 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6299} 6300 6301Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6302 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6303} 6304 6305Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6306 bool IsInstantiation) { 6307 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6308 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6309 if (FunTmpl) 6310 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6311 else 6312 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6313 6314 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6315 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6316 6317 if (FD) { 6318 FD->setBody(Body); 6319 if (FD->isMain()) { 6320 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6321 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6322 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6323 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6324 } 6325 6326 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6327 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6328 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6329 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6330 6331 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6332 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6333 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6334 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6335 6336 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6337 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6338 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6339 6340 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6341 } 6342 6343 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6344 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6345 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6346 MD->setBody(Body); 6347 if (Body) 6348 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6349 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6350 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6351 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6352 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6353 } 6354 } else { 6355 return 0; 6356 } 6357 6358 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6359 if (Body) { 6360 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6361 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6362 // Verify this. 6363 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6364 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6365 6366 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6367 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6368 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6369 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6370 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6371 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6372 6373 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6374 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6375 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6376 6377 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6378 Destructor->getParent()); 6379 } 6380 6381 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6382 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6383 // deletion in some later function. 6384 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6385 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6386 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6387 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6388 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6389 // enabled. 6390 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6391 } 6392 6393 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6394 } 6395 6396 if (!IsInstantiation) 6397 PopDeclContext(); 6398 6399 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6400 6401 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6402 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6403 // deletion in some later function. 6404 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6405 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6406 6407 return dcl; 6408} 6409 6410/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6411/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6412NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6413 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6414 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6415 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6416 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6417 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6418 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6419 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6420 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6421 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6422 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6423 return Pos->second; 6424 } 6425 6426 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6427 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6428 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6429 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6430 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6431 else 6432 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6433 6434 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6435 const char *Dummy; 6436 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6437 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6438 unsigned DiagID; 6439 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6440 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6441 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6442 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6443 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6444 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6445 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6446 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6447 DS.getAttributes(), 6448 SourceLocation()); 6449 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6450 6451 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6452 6453 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6454 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6455 6456 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6457 FD->setImplicit(); 6458 6459 CurContext = PrevDC; 6460 6461 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6462 6463 return FD; 6464} 6465 6466/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6467/// the declaration of this function. 6468/// 6469/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6470/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6471/// like NSLog or printf. 6472void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6473 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6474 return; 6475 6476 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6477 // actual attributes. 6478 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6479 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6480 unsigned FormatIdx; 6481 bool HasVAListArg; 6482 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6483 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6484 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6485 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6486 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6487 } 6488 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6489 HasVAListArg)) { 6490 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6491 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6492 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6493 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6494 } 6495 6496 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6497 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6498 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6499 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6500 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6501 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6502 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6503 } 6504 6505 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6506 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6507 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6508 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6509 } 6510 6511 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6512 if (!Name) 6513 return; 6514 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6515 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6516 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6517 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6518 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6519 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6520 // about. 6521 } else 6522 return; 6523 6524 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6525 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6526 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6527 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6528 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6529 } else 6530 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6531 "printf", 1, 6532 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6533 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6534 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6535 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6536 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6537 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6538 "printf", 2, 6539 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6540 } 6541} 6542 6543TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6544 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6545 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6546 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6547 6548 if (!TInfo) { 6549 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6550 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6551 } 6552 6553 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6554 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6555 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6556 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6557 D.getIdentifier(), 6558 TInfo); 6559 6560 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6561 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6562 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6563 return NewTD; 6564 } 6565 6566 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6567 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6568 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6569 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6570 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6571 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6572 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6573 case TST_enum: 6574 case TST_struct: 6575 case TST_union: 6576 case TST_class: { 6577 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6578 6579 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6580 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6581 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6582 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6583 6584 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6585 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6586 6587 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6588 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6589 break; 6590 6591 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6592 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6593 break; 6594 } 6595 6596 default: 6597 break; 6598 } 6599 6600 return NewTD; 6601} 6602 6603 6604/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6605/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6606/// 6607/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6608bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6609 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6610 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6611 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6612 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6613 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6614 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6615 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6616 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6617 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6618 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6619 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6620 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6621 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6622 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6623 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6624 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6625 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6626 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6627 return true; 6628 6629 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6630 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6631 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6632 bool isTemplate = false; 6633 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6634 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6635 6636 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6637 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6638 << isTemplate << &Name 6639 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6640 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6641 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6642 return true; 6643 } 6644 return false; 6645} 6646 6647/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6648/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6649/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6650/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6651Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6652 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6653 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6654 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6655 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6656 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6657 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6658 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6659 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6660 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6661 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6662 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6663 6664 OwnedDecl = false; 6665 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6666 6667 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6668 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6669 bool Invalid = false; 6670 6671 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6672 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6673 // for non-C++ cases. 6674 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6675 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6676 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6677 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 6678 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6679 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6680 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6681 isExplicitSpecialization, 6682 Invalid)) { 6683 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6684 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6685 // be a member of another template). 6686 6687 if (Invalid) 6688 return 0; 6689 6690 OwnedDecl = false; 6691 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6692 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6693 TemplateParams, AS, 6694 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6695 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6696 return Result.get(); 6697 } else { 6698 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6699 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6700 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6701 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6702 } 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6707 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6708 // redeclaration. 6709 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6710 6711 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6712 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6713 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6714 // type, default to int. 6715 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6716 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6717 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6718 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6719 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6720 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6721 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6722 6723 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6724 6725 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6726 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6727 << T; 6728 // Recover by falling back to int. 6729 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6730 } 6731 6732 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6733 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6734 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6735 6736 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6737 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6738 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6739 } 6740 6741 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6742 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6743 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6744 6745 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6746 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6747 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6748 6749 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6750 6751 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6752 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6753 6754 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6755 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6756 Name = 0; 6757 goto CreateNewDecl; 6758 } 6759 6760 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6761 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6762 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6763 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6764 if (!DC) { 6765 IsDependent = true; 6766 return 0; 6767 } 6768 } else { 6769 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6770 if (!DC) { 6771 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6772 << SS.getRange(); 6773 return 0; 6774 } 6775 } 6776 6777 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6778 return 0; 6779 6780 SearchDC = DC; 6781 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6782 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6783 6784 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6785 return 0; 6786 6787 if (Previous.empty()) { 6788 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6789 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6790 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6791 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6792 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6793 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6794 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6795 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6796 IsDependent = true; 6797 return 0; 6798 } 6799 6800 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6801 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6802 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6803 Name = 0; 6804 Invalid = true; 6805 goto CreateNewDecl; 6806 } 6807 } else if (Name) { 6808 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6809 // declaration or definition. 6810 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6811 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6812 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6813 LookupName(Previous, S); 6814 6815 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 6816 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 6817 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 6818 while (F.hasNext()) { 6819 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 6820 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 6821 F.erase(); 6822 } 6823 F.done(); 6824 } 6825 6826 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6827 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6828 return 0; 6829 6830 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6831 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6832 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6833 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6834 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6835 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6836 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6837 } 6838 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6839 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6840 // initial context to the translation unit. 6841 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6842 } 6843 6844 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6845 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6846 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6847 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6848 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6849 Previous.clear(); 6850 } 6851 6852 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6853 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6854 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6855 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6856 6857 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6858 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6859 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6860 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6861 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6862 } 6863 } 6864 6865 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6866 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6867 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6868 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6869 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6870 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6871 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6872 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6873 6874 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6875 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6876 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6877 // 6878 // class-key identifier 6879 // 6880 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6881 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6882 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6883 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6884 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6885 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6886 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6887 // declaration. 6888 // 6889 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6890 // C structs and unions. 6891 // 6892 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6893 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6894 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6895 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6896 // 6897 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6898 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6899 // 6900 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6901 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6902 // lexical context, 6903 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6904 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6905 6906 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6907 while (S->isClassScope() || 6908 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6909 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6910 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6911 (S->getEntity() && 6912 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6913 S = S->getParent(); 6914 } else { 6915 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6916 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6917 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6918 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6919 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6920 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6921 } 6922 6923 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6924 // diagnose some problems. 6925 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6926 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6927 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6928 } 6929 } 6930 6931 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6932 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6933 6934 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6935 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6936 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6937 // in C++. 6938 // 6939 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6940 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6941 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6942 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6944 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6945 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6946 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6947 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6948 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6949 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6950 PrevDecl = Tag; 6951 Previous.clear(); 6952 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6953 Previous.resolveKind(); 6954 } 6955 } 6956 } 6957 } 6958 6959 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6960 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6961 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6962 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6963 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6964 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6965 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6966 // struct or something similar. 6967 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6968 bool SafeToContinue 6969 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6970 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6971 if (SafeToContinue) 6972 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6973 << Name 6974 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6975 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6976 else 6977 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6978 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6979 6980 if (SafeToContinue) 6981 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6982 else { 6983 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6984 Name = 0; 6985 Previous.clear(); 6986 Invalid = true; 6987 } 6988 } 6989 6990 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6991 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6992 6993 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6994 // returning the previous declaration. 6995 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6996 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6997 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6998 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6999 return PrevTagDecl; 7000 } 7001 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7002 QualType T; 7003 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7004 T = TI->getType(); 7005 else 7006 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7007 7008 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7009 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7010 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7011 << T 7012 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7013 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7014 return PrevTagDecl; 7015 } 7016 } 7017 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7018 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7019 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7020 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7021 return PrevTagDecl; 7022 } 7023 } 7024 7025 if (!Invalid) { 7026 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7027 7028 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7029 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7030 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7031 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7032 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 7033 TUK == TUK_Friend) 7034 return PrevTagDecl; 7035 7036 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7037 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7038 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7039 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7040 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7041 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7042 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7043 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7044 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7045 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7046 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7047 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7048 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7049 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7050 // references get the previous definition. 7051 Name = 0; 7052 Previous.clear(); 7053 Invalid = true; 7054 } 7055 } else { 7056 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7057 // about a nested redefinition. 7058 const TagType *Tag 7059 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7060 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7061 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7062 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7063 diag::note_previous_definition); 7064 Name = 0; 7065 Previous.clear(); 7066 Invalid = true; 7067 } 7068 } 7069 7070 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7071 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7072 } 7073 } 7074 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7075 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7076 7077 } else { 7078 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7079 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7080 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7081 // have distinct types. 7082 Previous.clear(); 7083 } 7084 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7085 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7086 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7087 7088 7089 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7090 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7091 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7092 } else { 7093 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7094 7095 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7096 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7097 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7098 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7099 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7100 unsigned Kind = 0; 7101 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7102 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7103 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7104 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7105 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7106 Invalid = true; 7107 7108 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7109 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7110 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7111 // do nothing 7112 7113 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7114 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7115 unsigned Kind = 0; 7116 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7117 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7118 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7119 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7120 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7121 Invalid = true; 7122 7123 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7124 // case here. 7125 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7126 unsigned Kind = 0; 7127 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7128 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7129 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7130 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7131 Invalid = true; 7132 7133 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7134 } else { 7135 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7136 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7137 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7138 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7139 Name = 0; 7140 Invalid = true; 7141 } 7142 7143 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7144 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7145 Previous.clear(); 7146 } 7147 } 7148 7149CreateNewDecl: 7150 7151 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7152 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7153 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7154 7155 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7156 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7157 // keyword. 7158 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7159 7160 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7161 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7162 // PrevDecl. 7163 TagDecl *New; 7164 7165 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7166 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7167 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7168 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7169 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7170 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7171 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7172 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7173 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7174 TagDecl *Def; 7175 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7176 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7177 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7178 } 7179 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7180 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7181 << New; 7182 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7183 } else { 7184 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7185 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7186 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7187 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7188 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7189 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7190 7191 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7192 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7193 // the declaration context. 7194 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7195 IsForwardReference = true; 7196 } 7197 } 7198 7199 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7200 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7201 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7202 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7203 else 7204 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7205 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7206 } 7207 7208 } else { 7209 // struct/union/class 7210 7211 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7212 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7213 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7214 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7215 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7216 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7217 7218 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7219 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7220 } else 7221 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7222 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7223 } 7224 7225 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7226 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7227 if (SS.isSet()) { 7228 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7229 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7230 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7231 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7232 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7233 } 7234 } 7235 else 7236 Invalid = true; 7237 } 7238 7239 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7240 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7241 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7242 // 7243 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7244 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7245 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7246 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7247 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7248 // parsing of the struct). 7249 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7250 7251 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7252 } 7253 7254 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7255 // check the specialization. 7256 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7257 Invalid = true; 7258 7259 if (Invalid) 7260 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7261 7262 if (Attr) 7263 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7264 7265 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7266 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7267 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7268 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7269 7270 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7271 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7272 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7273 7274 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7275 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7276 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7277 7278 // Set the access specifier. 7279 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7280 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7281 7282 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7283 New->startDefinition(); 7284 7285 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7286 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7287 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7288 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7289 if (PrevDecl) 7290 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7291 7292 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7293 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7294 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7295 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7296 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7297 } else if (Name) { 7298 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7299 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7300 if (IsForwardReference) 7301 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7302 7303 } else { 7304 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7305 } 7306 7307 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7308 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7309 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7310 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7311 II->isStr("FILE")) 7312 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7313 7314 OwnedDecl = true; 7315 return New; 7316} 7317 7318void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7319 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7320 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7321 7322 // Enter the tag context. 7323 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7324} 7325 7326void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7327 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7328 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7329 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7330 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7331 7332 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7333 7334 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7335 return; 7336 7337 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7338 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7339 7340 // C++ [class]p2: 7341 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7342 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7343 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7344 // as if it were a public member name. 7345 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7346 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7347 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7348 Record->getIdentifier(), 7349 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7350 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7351 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7352 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7353 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7354 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7355 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7356 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7357 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7358 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7359} 7360 7361void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7362 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7363 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7364 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7365 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7366 7367 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7368 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7369 7370 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7371 PopDeclContext(); 7372 7373 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7374 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7375} 7376 7377void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7378 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7379 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7380 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7381 7382 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7383 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7384 // the FieldCollector. 7385 7386 PopDeclContext(); 7387} 7388 7389// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7390bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7391 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7392 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7393 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7394 if (ZeroWidth) 7395 *ZeroWidth = true; 7396 7397 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7398 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7399 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7400 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7401 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7402 return true; 7403 if (FieldName) 7404 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7405 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7406 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7407 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7408 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7409 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7410 return true; 7411 7412 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7413 // it now. 7414 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7415 return false; 7416 7417 llvm::APSInt Value; 7418 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7419 return true; 7420 7421 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7422 *ZeroWidth = false; 7423 7424 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7425 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7426 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7427 7428 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7429 if (FieldName) 7430 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7431 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7432 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7433 << Value.toString(10); 7434 } 7435 7436 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7437 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7438 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7439 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7440 if (FieldName) 7441 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7442 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7443 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7444 7445 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7446 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7447 } 7448 7449 if (FieldName) 7450 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7451 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7452 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7453 else 7454 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7455 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7456 } 7457 } 7458 7459 return false; 7460} 7461 7462/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7463/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7464Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7465 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7466 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7467 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7468 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7469 AS_public); 7470 return Res; 7471} 7472 7473/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7474/// 7475FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7476 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7477 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7478 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7479 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7480 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7481 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7482 7483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7484 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7485 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7486 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7487 7488 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7489 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7490 D.setInvalidType(); 7491 T = Context.IntTy; 7492 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7493 } 7494 } 7495 7496 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7497 7498 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7499 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7500 7501 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7502 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7503 LookupName(Previous, S); 7504 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7505 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7506 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7507 7508 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7509 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7510 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7511 7512 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7513 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7514 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7515 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7516 PrevDecl = 0; 7517 } 7518 7519 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7520 PrevDecl = 0; 7521 7522 bool Mutable 7523 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7524 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7525 FieldDecl *NewFD 7526 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7527 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7528 7529 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7530 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 7532 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7533 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7534 // with the same name in the same scope. 7535 } else if (II) { 7536 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7537 } else 7538 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7539 7540 return NewFD; 7541} 7542 7543/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7544/// 7545/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7546/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7547/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7548/// created. 7549/// 7550/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7551/// 7552/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7553FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7554 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7555 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7556 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7557 SourceLocation TSSL, 7558 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7559 Declarator *D) { 7560 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7561 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7562 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7563 7564 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7565 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7566 if (T.isNull()) { 7567 InvalidDecl = true; 7568 T = Context.IntTy; 7569 } 7570 7571 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7572 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7573 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7574 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7575 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7576 InvalidDecl = true; 7577 } 7578 7579 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7580 // than a variably modified type. 7581 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7582 bool SizeIsNegative; 7583 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7584 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7585 SizeIsNegative, 7586 Oversized); 7587 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7588 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7589 T = FixedTy; 7590 } else { 7591 if (SizeIsNegative) 7592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7593 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7594 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7595 << Oversized.toString(10); 7596 else 7597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7598 InvalidDecl = true; 7599 } 7600 } 7601 7602 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7603 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7604 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7605 AbstractFieldType)) 7606 InvalidDecl = true; 7607 7608 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7609 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7610 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7611 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7612 InvalidDecl = true; 7613 BitWidth = 0; 7614 ZeroWidth = false; 7615 } 7616 7617 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7618 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7619 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7620 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7621 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7622 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7623 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7624 7625 if (DiagID) { 7626 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7627 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7628 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7629 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7630 Mutable = false; 7631 InvalidDecl = true; 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7636 BitWidth, Mutable); 7637 if (InvalidDecl) 7638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7639 7640 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7642 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7643 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7644 } 7645 7646 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7647 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7648 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7649 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7650 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7651 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7652 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7653 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7654 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7655 // objects. 7656 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7657 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7658 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7659 } 7660 } 7661 7662 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7663 // the program is ill-formed. 7664 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7665 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7666 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7667 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7668 } 7669 } 7670 } 7671 7672 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7673 // representation, not a parser representation. 7674 if (D) 7675 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7676 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7677 7678 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7680 7681 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7682 return NewFD; 7683} 7684 7685bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7686 assert(FD); 7687 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7688 7689 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7690 return true; 7691 7692 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7693 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7694 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7695 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7696 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7697 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7698 // copy constructors. 7699 7700 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7701 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7702 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7703 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 7704 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 7705 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7706 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7707 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7708 member = CXXDestructor; 7709 7710 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7711 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7712 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7713 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7714 return true; 7715 } 7716 } 7717 } 7718 7719 return false; 7720} 7721 7722/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7723/// special member, figure out why. 7724void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7725 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7726 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7727 7728 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7729 switch (member) { 7730 case CXXInvalid: 7731 break; 7732 7733 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7734 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7735 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7736 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7737 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7738 ci->hasBody(body); 7739 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7740 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7741 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7742 return; 7743 } 7744 } 7745 7746 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7747 return; 7748 } 7749 break; 7750 7751 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7752 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7753 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7754 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7755 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7756 return; 7757 } 7758 break; 7759 7760 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7761 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7762 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7763 // assignment, not the type. 7764 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7765 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7766 return; 7767 } 7768 break; 7769 7770 case CXXDestructor: 7771 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7772 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7773 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7774 return; 7775 } 7776 break; 7777 } 7778 7779 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7780 7781 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7782 // but not trivial destruction. 7783 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7784 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7785 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7786 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7787 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7788 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7789 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7790 return; 7791 } 7792 7793 // Check for virtual methods. 7794 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7795 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7796 ++mi) { 7797 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7798 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7799 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7800 return; 7801 } 7802 } 7803 } 7804 7805 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7806 switch (member) { 7807 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 7808 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 7809 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7810 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7811 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7812 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7813 case CXXDestructor: 7814 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7815 default: 7816 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7817 } 7818 7819 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7820 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7821 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7822 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7823 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7824 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7825 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7826 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7827 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7828 return; 7829 } 7830 } 7831 7832 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7833 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7834 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7835 ++fi) { 7836 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7837 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7838 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7839 7840 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7841 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7842 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7843 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7844 return; 7845 } 7846 } 7847 } 7848 7849 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7850} 7851 7852/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7853/// AST enum value. 7854static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7855TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7856 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7857 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7858 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7859 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7860 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7861 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7862 } 7863} 7864 7865/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7866/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7867Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7868 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7869 Decl *IntfDecl, 7870 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7871 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7872 7873 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7874 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7875 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7876 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7877 7878 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7879 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7880 7881 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7882 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7883 7884 if (BitWidth) { 7885 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7886 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7887 D.setInvalidType(); 7888 BitWidth = 0; 7889 } 7890 } else { 7891 // Not a bitfield. 7892 7893 // validate II. 7894 7895 } 7896 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7897 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7898 D.setInvalidType(); 7899 } 7900 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7901 // than a variably modified type. 7902 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7903 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7904 D.setInvalidType(); 7905 } 7906 7907 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7908 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7909 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7910 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7911 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7912 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7913 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7914 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7915 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7916 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7917 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7918 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7919 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7920 } 7921 else 7922 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7923 } else { 7924 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7925 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7926 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7927 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7928 return 0; 7929 } 7930 } 7931 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7932 } 7933 7934 // Construct the decl. 7935 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7936 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7937 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7938 7939 if (II) { 7940 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7941 ForRedeclaration); 7942 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7943 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7944 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7945 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7946 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7947 } 7948 } 7949 7950 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7951 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7952 7953 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7954 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7955 7956 if (II) { 7957 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7958 // these to the interface. 7959 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7960 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7961 } 7962 7963 return NewID; 7964} 7965 7966/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7967/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7968/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7969/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7970void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7971 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7972 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7973 return; 7974 7975 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7976 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7977 7978 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7979 return; 7980 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7981 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7982 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7983 return; 7984 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7985 if (!ID) { 7986 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7987 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7988 return; 7989 } 7990 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7991 else 7992 return; 7993 } 7994 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7995 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7996 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7997 7998 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7999 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8000 Context.CharTy, 8001 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 8002 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8003 true); 8004 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8005} 8006 8007void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8008 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8009 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8010 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8011 AttributeList *Attr) { 8012 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8013 8014 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8015 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8016 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8017 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8018 return; 8019 } 8020 8021 8022 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8023 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8024 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8025 8026 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8027 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8028 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8029 8030 // Get the type for the field. 8031 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8032 8033 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8034 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8035 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8036 } 8037 8038 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8039 // diagnostics about it. 8040 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8041 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8042 continue; 8043 } 8044 8045 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8046 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8047 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8048 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8049 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8050 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8051 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8052 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8053 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8054 // array. 8055 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8056 // Field declared as a function. 8057 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8058 << FD->getDeclName(); 8059 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8060 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8061 continue; 8062 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8063 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8064 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8065 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8066 // Flexible array member. 8067 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8068 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8069 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8070 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8071 if (Record->isUnion()) 8072 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8073 << FD->getDeclName(); 8074 else if (NumFields == 1) 8075 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8076 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8077 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8078 if (Record->isUnion()) 8079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8080 << FD->getDeclName(); 8081 else if (NumFields == 1) 8082 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8083 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8084 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8085 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8086 << FD->getDeclName(); 8087 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8088 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8089 continue; 8090 } 8091 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8092 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 8093 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8094 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8095 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8096 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8097 continue; 8098 } 8099 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8100 if (Record) 8101 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8102 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8103 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8104 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8105 // Incomplete type 8106 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8107 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8108 continue; 8109 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8110 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8111 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8112 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8113 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8114 } else { 8115 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8116 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8117 // structures. 8118 if (i != NumFields-1) 8119 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8120 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8121 else { 8122 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8123 // other structs as an extension. 8124 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8125 << FD->getDeclName(); 8126 if (Record) 8127 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8128 } 8129 } 8130 } 8131 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8132 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8133 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8134 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8135 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 8136 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8137 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8138 continue; 8139 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8140 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8141 Record && 8142 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8143 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 8144 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8145 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8146 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8147 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 8148 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8149 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8150 } 8151 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8152 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8153 ++NumNamedMembers; 8154 } 8155 8156 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8157 if (Record) { 8158 bool Completed = false; 8159 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8160 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8161 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8162 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8163 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8164 I != E; ++I) 8165 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8166 8167 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8168 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8169 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8170 8171 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8172 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8173 // problem now. 8174 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8175 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8176 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8177 8178 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8179 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8180 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8181 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8182 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8183 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8184 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8185 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8186 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8187 continue; 8188 8189 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8190 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8191 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8192 // program is ill-formed. 8193 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8194 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8195 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8196 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8197 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8198 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8199 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8200 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8201 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8202 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8203 8204 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8205 } 8206 } 8207 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8208 Completed = true; 8209 } 8210 } 8211 } 8212 } 8213 8214 if (!Completed) 8215 Record->completeDefinition(); 8216 } else { 8217 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8218 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8219 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8220 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8221 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8222 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8223 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8224 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8225 } 8226 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8227 // duplicates. 8228 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8229 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8230 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8231 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8232 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8233 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8234 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8235 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8236 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8237 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8238 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8239 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8240 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8241 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8242 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8243 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8244 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8245 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8246 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8247 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8248 } 8249 } 8250 } 8251 8252 if (Attr) 8253 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8254 8255 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8256 // set the visibility of this record. 8257 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8258 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8259} 8260 8261/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8262/// the given type T. 8263static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8264 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8265 QualType T) { 8266 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8267 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8268 8269 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8270 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8271 --BitWidth; 8272 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8273 } 8274 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8275} 8276 8277// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8278// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8279static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8280 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8281 // enum checking below. 8282 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8283 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8284 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8285 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8286 }; 8287 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8288 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8289 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8290 }; 8291 8292 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8293 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8294 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8295 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8296 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8297 return Types[I]; 8298 8299 return QualType(); 8300} 8301 8302EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8303 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8304 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8305 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8306 Expr *Val) { 8307 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8308 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8309 QualType EltTy; 8310 8311 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8312 Val = 0; 8313 8314 if (Val) { 8315 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8316 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8317 else { 8318 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8319 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8320 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8321 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8322 Val = 0; 8323 } else { 8324 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8325 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8326 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8327 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8328 // representable as an int. 8329 8330 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8331 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8332 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8333 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8334 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8335 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8336 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8337 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8338 } 8339 } 8340 8341 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8342 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8343 8344 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8345 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8346 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8347 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8348 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8349 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8350 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8351 } else 8352 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8353 << EltTy; 8354 } else 8355 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8356 } 8357 else { 8358 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8359 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8360 // is the type of its initializing value: 8361 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8362 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8363 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8364 } 8365 } 8366 } 8367 } 8368 8369 if (!Val) { 8370 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8371 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8372 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8373 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8374 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8375 // is the type of its initializing value: 8376 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8377 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8378 // 8379 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8380 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8381 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8382 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8383 } 8384 else { 8385 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8386 } 8387 } else { 8388 // Assign the last value + 1. 8389 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8390 ++EnumVal; 8391 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8392 8393 // Check for overflow on increment. 8394 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8395 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8396 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8397 // is the type of its initializing value: 8398 // 8399 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8400 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8401 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8402 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8403 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8404 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8405 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8406 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8407 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8408 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8409 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8410 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8411 ++EnumVal; 8412 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8413 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8414 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8415 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8416 << EltTy; 8417 else 8418 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8419 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8420 } else { 8421 EltTy = T; 8422 } 8423 8424 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8425 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8426 // value, then increment. 8427 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8428 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8429 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8430 ++EnumVal; 8431 8432 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8433 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8434 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8435 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8436 // integral type. 8437 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8438 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8439 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8440 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8441 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8443 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8444 } 8445 } 8446 } 8447 8448 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8449 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8450 // enumerator's type. 8451 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8452 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8453 } 8454 8455 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8456 Val, EnumVal); 8457} 8458 8459 8460Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8461 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8462 AttributeList *Attr, 8463 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8464 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8465 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8466 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8467 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8468 8469 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8470 // we find one that is. 8471 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8472 8473 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8474 // scope. 8475 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8476 ForRedeclaration); 8477 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8478 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8479 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8480 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8481 PrevDecl = 0; 8482 } 8483 8484 if (PrevDecl) { 8485 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8486 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8487 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8488 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8489 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8490 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8491 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8492 else 8493 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8494 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8495 return 0; 8496 } 8497 } 8498 8499 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8500 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8501 // name different from T: 8502 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8503 // type 8504 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8505 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8506 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8507 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8508 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8509 8510 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8511 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8512 8513 if (New) { 8514 // Process attributes. 8515 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8516 8517 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8518 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8519 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8520 } 8521 8522 return New; 8523} 8524 8525void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8526 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8527 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8528 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8529 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8530 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8531 8532 if (Attr) 8533 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8534 8535 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8536 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8537 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8538 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8539 if (!ECD) continue; 8540 8541 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8542 } 8543 8544 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8545 return; 8546 } 8547 8548 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8549 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8550 // emit a warning. 8551 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8552 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8553 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8554 8555 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8556 // reverse the list. 8557 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8558 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8559 8560 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8561 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8562 8563 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8564 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8565 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8566 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8567 8568 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8569 8570 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8571 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8572 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8573 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8574 else 8575 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8576 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8577 8578 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8579 if (AllElementsInt) 8580 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8581 } 8582 8583 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8584 QualType BestType; 8585 unsigned BestWidth; 8586 8587 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8588 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8589 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8590 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8591 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8592 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8593 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8594 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8595 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8596 QualType BestPromotionType; 8597 8598 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8599 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8600 // enum definitions. 8601 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8602 Packed = true; 8603 8604 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8605 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8606 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8607 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8608 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8609 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8610 } 8611 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8612 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8613 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8614 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8615 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8616 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8617 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8618 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8619 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8620 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8621 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8622 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8623 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8624 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8625 } else { 8626 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8627 8628 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8629 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8630 } else { 8631 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8632 8633 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8634 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8635 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8636 } 8637 } 8638 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8639 } else { 8640 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8641 // all of the enumerator values. 8642 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8643 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8644 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8645 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8646 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8647 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8648 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8649 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8650 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8651 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8652 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8653 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8654 BestPromotionType 8655 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8656 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8657 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8658 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8659 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8660 BestPromotionType 8661 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8662 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8663 } else { 8664 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8665 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8666 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8667 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8668 BestPromotionType 8669 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8670 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8671 } 8672 } 8673 8674 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8675 // the type of the enum if needed. 8676 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8677 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8678 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8679 8680 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8681 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8682 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8683 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8684 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8685 8686 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8687 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8688 8689 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8690 // the enum decl type. 8691 QualType NewTy; 8692 unsigned NewWidth; 8693 bool NewSign; 8694 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8695 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8696 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8697 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8698 NewSign = true; 8699 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8700 // Already the right type! 8701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8702 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8703 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8704 // enumeration. 8705 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8706 continue; 8707 } else { 8708 NewTy = BestType; 8709 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8710 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8711 } 8712 8713 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8714 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8715 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8716 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8717 8718 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8719 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8720 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8721 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8722 CK_IntegralCast, 8723 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8724 /*base paths*/ 0, 8725 VK_RValue)); 8726 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8727 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8728 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8729 // enumeration. 8730 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8731 else 8732 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8733 } 8734 8735 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8736 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8737} 8738 8739Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8740 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8741 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8742 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8743 8744 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8745 AsmString, StartLoc, 8746 EndLoc); 8747 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8748 return New; 8749} 8750 8751void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8752 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8753 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8754 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8755 8756 if (PrevDecl) { 8757 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8758 } else { 8759 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8760 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8761 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8762 } 8763} 8764 8765void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8766 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8767 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8768 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8769 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8770 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8771 LookupOrdinaryName); 8772 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8773 8774 if (PrevDecl) { 8775 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8776 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8777 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8778 } else { 8779 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8780 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8781 } 8782} 8783